2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-09 23:25:21 +09:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-11 13:30:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-11 13:30:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-11 13:30:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-09 09:50:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-22 18:09:07 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-14 10:46:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-04 17:04:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: enable tracepoints in tipc
As for the sake of debugging/tracing, the commit enables tracepoints in
TIPC along with some general trace_events as shown below. It also
defines some 'tipc_*_dump()' functions that allow to dump TIPC object
data whenever needed, that is, for general debug purposes, ie. not just
for the trace_events.
The following trace_events are now available:
- trace_tipc_skb_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC msg & skb data,
e.g. message type, user, droppable, skb truesize, cloned skb, etc.
- trace_tipc_list_dump(): allows to trace and dump any TIPC buffers or
queues, e.g. TIPC link transmq, socket receive queue, etc.
- trace_tipc_sk_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC socket data, e.g.
sk state, sk type, connection type, rmem_alloc, socket queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_link_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC link data, e.g.
link state, silent_intv_cnt, gap, bc_gap, link queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_node_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC node data, e.g.
node state, active links, capabilities, link entries, etc.
How to use:
Put the trace functions at any places where we want to dump TIPC data
or events.
Note:
a) The dump functions will generate raw data only, that is, to offload
the trace event's processing, it can require a tool or script to parse
the data but this should be simple.
b) The trace_tipc_*_dump() should be reserved for a failure cases only
(e.g. the retransmission failure case) or where we do not expect to
happen too often, then we can consider enabling these events by default
since they will almost not take any effects under normal conditions,
but once the rare condition or failure occurs, we get the dumped data
fully for post-analysis.
For other trace purposes, we can reuse these trace classes as template
but different events.
c) A trace_event is only effective when we enable it. To enable the
TIPC trace_events, echo 1 to 'enable' files in the events/tipc/
directory in the 'debugfs' file system. Normally, they are located at:
/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/
For example:
To enable the tipc_link_dump event:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/tipc_link_dump/enable
To enable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To collect the trace data:
cat trace
or
cat trace_pipe > /trace.out &
To disable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To clear the trace buffer:
echo > trace
d) Like the other trace_events, the feature like 'filter' or 'trigger'
is also usable for the tipc trace_events.
For more details, have a look at:
Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
MAINTAINERS | add two new files 'trace.h' & 'trace.c' in tipc
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-19 09:17:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-09-26 21:00:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-30 14:06:45 -07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-25 19:29:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: add automatic session key exchange
With support from the master key option in the previous commit, it
becomes easy to make frequent updates/exchanges of session keys between
authenticated cluster nodes.
Basically, there are two situations where the key exchange will take in
place:
- When a new node joins the cluster (with the master key), it will need
to get its peer's TX key, so that be able to decrypt further messages
from that peer.
- When a new session key is generated (by either user manual setting or
later automatic rekeying feature), the key will be distributed to all
peer nodes in the cluster.
A key to be exchanged is encapsulated in the data part of a 'MSG_CRYPTO
/KEY_DISTR_MSG' TIPC v2 message, then xmit-ed as usual and encrypted by
using the master key before sending out. Upon receipt of the message it
will be decrypted in the same way as regular messages, then attached as
the sender's RX key in the receiver node.
In this way, the key exchange is reliable by the link layer, as well as
security, integrity and authenticity by the crypto layer.
Also, the forward security will be easily achieved by user changing the
master key actively but this should not be required very frequently.
The key exchange feature is independent on the presence of a master key
Note however that the master key still is needed for new nodes to be
able to join the cluster. It is also optional, and can be turned off/on
via the sysfs: 'net/tipc/key_exchange_enabled' [default 1: enabled].
Backward compatibility is guaranteed because for nodes that do not have
master key support, key exchange using master key ie. tx_key = 0 if any
will be shortly discarded at the message validation step. In other
words, the key exchange feature will be automatically disabled to those
nodes.
v2: fix the "implicit declaration of function 'tipc_crypto_key_flush'"
error in node.c. The function only exists when built with the TIPC
"CONFIG_TIPC_CRYPTO" option.
v3: use 'info->extack' for a message emitted due to netlink operations
instead (- David's comment).
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 16:11:09 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: add automatic session key exchange
With support from the master key option in the previous commit, it
becomes easy to make frequent updates/exchanges of session keys between
authenticated cluster nodes.
Basically, there are two situations where the key exchange will take in
place:
- When a new node joins the cluster (with the master key), it will need
to get its peer's TX key, so that be able to decrypt further messages
from that peer.
- When a new session key is generated (by either user manual setting or
later automatic rekeying feature), the key will be distributed to all
peer nodes in the cluster.
A key to be exchanged is encapsulated in the data part of a 'MSG_CRYPTO
/KEY_DISTR_MSG' TIPC v2 message, then xmit-ed as usual and encrypted by
using the master key before sending out. Upon receipt of the message it
will be decrypted in the same way as regular messages, then attached as
the sender's RX key in the receiver node.
In this way, the key exchange is reliable by the link layer, as well as
security, integrity and authenticity by the crypto layer.
Also, the forward security will be easily achieved by user changing the
master key actively but this should not be required very frequently.
The key exchange feature is independent on the presence of a master key
Note however that the master key still is needed for new nodes to be
able to join the cluster. It is also optional, and can be turned off/on
via the sysfs: 'net/tipc/key_exchange_enabled' [default 1: enabled].
Backward compatibility is guaranteed because for nodes that do not have
master key support, key exchange using master key ie. tx_key = 0 if any
will be shortly discarded at the message validation step. In other
words, the key exchange feature will be automatically disabled to those
nodes.
v2: fix the "implicit declaration of function 'tipc_crypto_key_flush'"
error in node.c. The function only exists when built with the TIPC
"CONFIG_TIPC_CRYPTO" option.
v3: use 'info->extack' for a message emitted due to netlink operations
instead (- David's comment).
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-27 15:03:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:00:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:00:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:00:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:00:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:00:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-25 18:42:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-24 13:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 23:20:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 23:20:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 01:07:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 01:07:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-18 19:50:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-11 21:56:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 01:07:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-11 21:56:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-19 18:49:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-21 10:01:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-03 08:59:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-02 11:58:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-29 00:16:37 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-03 08:59:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-25 23:52:17 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-30 14:06:45 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-10 16:14:57 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-19 18:49:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-21 10:01:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-03 08:59:19 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:47 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add automatic session key exchange
With support from the master key option in the previous commit, it
becomes easy to make frequent updates/exchanges of session keys between
authenticated cluster nodes.
Basically, there are two situations where the key exchange will take in
place:
- When a new node joins the cluster (with the master key), it will need
to get its peer's TX key, so that be able to decrypt further messages
from that peer.
- When a new session key is generated (by either user manual setting or
later automatic rekeying feature), the key will be distributed to all
peer nodes in the cluster.
A key to be exchanged is encapsulated in the data part of a 'MSG_CRYPTO
/KEY_DISTR_MSG' TIPC v2 message, then xmit-ed as usual and encrypted by
using the master key before sending out. Upon receipt of the message it
will be decrypted in the same way as regular messages, then attached as
the sender's RX key in the receiver node.
In this way, the key exchange is reliable by the link layer, as well as
security, integrity and authenticity by the crypto layer.
Also, the forward security will be easily achieved by user changing the
master key actively but this should not be required very frequently.
The key exchange feature is independent on the presence of a master key
Note however that the master key still is needed for new nodes to be
able to join the cluster. It is also optional, and can be turned off/on
via the sysfs: 'net/tipc/key_exchange_enabled' [default 1: enabled].
Backward compatibility is guaranteed because for nodes that do not have
master key support, key exchange using master key ie. tx_key = 0 if any
will be shortly discarded at the message validation step. In other
words, the key exchange feature will be automatically disabled to those
nodes.
v2: fix the "implicit declaration of function 'tipc_crypto_key_flush'"
error in node.c. The function only exists when built with the TIPC
"CONFIG_TIPC_CRYPTO" option.
v3: use 'info->extack' for a message emitted due to netlink operations
instead (- David's comment).
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-24 11:10:48 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-27 12:54:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-24 13:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-24 13:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: use message to abort connections when losing contact to node
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-22 18:09:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix lockdep warning during node delete
We see the following lockdep warning:
[ 2284.078521] ======================================================
[ 2284.078604] WARNING: possible circular locking dependency detected
[ 2284.078604] 4.19.0+ #42 Tainted: G E
[ 2284.078604] ------------------------------------------------------
[ 2284.078604] rmmod/254 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 2284.078604] 00000000acd94e28 ((&n->timer)#2){+.-.}, at: del_timer_sync+0x5/0xa0
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] but task is already holding lock:
[ 2284.078604] 00000000f997afc0 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: tipc_node_stop+0xac/0x190 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] -> #1 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}:
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_timeout+0x20a/0x330 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] call_timer_fn+0xa1/0x280
[ 2284.078604] run_timer_softirq+0x1f2/0x4d0
[ 2284.078604] __do_softirq+0xfc/0x413
[ 2284.078604] irq_exit+0xb5/0xc0
[ 2284.078604] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0xac/0x210
[ 2284.078604] apic_timer_interrupt+0xf/0x20
[ 2284.078604] default_idle+0x1c/0x140
[ 2284.078604] do_idle+0x1bc/0x280
[ 2284.078604] cpu_startup_entry+0x19/0x20
[ 2284.078604] start_secondary+0x187/0x1c0
[ 2284.078604] secondary_startup_64+0xa4/0xb0
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] -> #0 ((&n->timer)#2){+.-.}:
[ 2284.078604] del_timer_sync+0x34/0xa0
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_delete+0x1a/0x40 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_stop+0xcb/0x190 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_net_stop+0x154/0x170 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_exit_net+0x16/0x30 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] ops_exit_list.isra.8+0x36/0x70
[ 2284.078604] unregister_pernet_operations+0x87/0xd0
[ 2284.078604] unregister_pernet_subsys+0x1d/0x30
[ 2284.078604] tipc_exit+0x11/0x6f2 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x1df/0x240
[ 2284.078604] do_syscall_64+0x66/0x460
[ 2284.078604] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] CPU0 CPU1
[ 2284.078604] ---- ----
[ 2284.078604] lock(&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock);
[ 2284.078604] lock((&n->timer)#2);
[ 2284.078604] lock(&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock);
[ 2284.078604] lock((&n->timer)#2);
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] *** DEADLOCK ***
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] 3 locks held by rmmod/254:
[ 2284.078604] #0: 000000003368be9b (pernet_ops_rwsem){+.+.}, at: unregister_pernet_subsys+0x15/0x30
[ 2284.078604] #1: 0000000046ed9c86 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}, at: tipc_net_stop+0x144/0x170 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] #2: 00000000f997afc0 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: tipc_node_stop+0xac/0x19
[...}
The reason is that the node timer handler sometimes needs to delete a
node which has been disconnected for too long. To do this, it grabs
the lock 'node_list_lock', which may at the same time be held by the
generic node cleanup function, tipc_node_stop(), during module removal.
Since the latter is calling del_timer_sync() inside the same lock, we
have a potential deadlock.
We fix this letting the timer cleanup function use spin_trylock()
instead of just spin_lock(), and when it fails to grab the lock it
just returns so that the timer handler can terminate its execution.
This is safe to do, since tipc_node_stop() anyway is about to
delete both the timer and the node instance.
Fixes: 6a939f365bdb ("tipc: Auto removal of peer down node instance")
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-26 12:26:14 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-19 18:49:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix lockdep warning during node delete
We see the following lockdep warning:
[ 2284.078521] ======================================================
[ 2284.078604] WARNING: possible circular locking dependency detected
[ 2284.078604] 4.19.0+ #42 Tainted: G E
[ 2284.078604] ------------------------------------------------------
[ 2284.078604] rmmod/254 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 2284.078604] 00000000acd94e28 ((&n->timer)#2){+.-.}, at: del_timer_sync+0x5/0xa0
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] but task is already holding lock:
[ 2284.078604] 00000000f997afc0 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: tipc_node_stop+0xac/0x190 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] -> #1 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}:
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_timeout+0x20a/0x330 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] call_timer_fn+0xa1/0x280
[ 2284.078604] run_timer_softirq+0x1f2/0x4d0
[ 2284.078604] __do_softirq+0xfc/0x413
[ 2284.078604] irq_exit+0xb5/0xc0
[ 2284.078604] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0xac/0x210
[ 2284.078604] apic_timer_interrupt+0xf/0x20
[ 2284.078604] default_idle+0x1c/0x140
[ 2284.078604] do_idle+0x1bc/0x280
[ 2284.078604] cpu_startup_entry+0x19/0x20
[ 2284.078604] start_secondary+0x187/0x1c0
[ 2284.078604] secondary_startup_64+0xa4/0xb0
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] -> #0 ((&n->timer)#2){+.-.}:
[ 2284.078604] del_timer_sync+0x34/0xa0
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_delete+0x1a/0x40 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_node_stop+0xcb/0x190 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_net_stop+0x154/0x170 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] tipc_exit_net+0x16/0x30 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] ops_exit_list.isra.8+0x36/0x70
[ 2284.078604] unregister_pernet_operations+0x87/0xd0
[ 2284.078604] unregister_pernet_subsys+0x1d/0x30
[ 2284.078604] tipc_exit+0x11/0x6f2 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x1df/0x240
[ 2284.078604] do_syscall_64+0x66/0x460
[ 2284.078604] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] CPU0 CPU1
[ 2284.078604] ---- ----
[ 2284.078604] lock(&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock);
[ 2284.078604] lock((&n->timer)#2);
[ 2284.078604] lock(&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock);
[ 2284.078604] lock((&n->timer)#2);
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] *** DEADLOCK ***
[ 2284.078604]
[ 2284.078604] 3 locks held by rmmod/254:
[ 2284.078604] #0: 000000003368be9b (pernet_ops_rwsem){+.+.}, at: unregister_pernet_subsys+0x15/0x30
[ 2284.078604] #1: 0000000046ed9c86 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}, at: tipc_net_stop+0x144/0x170 [tipc]
[ 2284.078604] #2: 00000000f997afc0 (&(&tn->node_list_lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: tipc_node_stop+0xac/0x19
[...}
The reason is that the node timer handler sometimes needs to delete a
node which has been disconnected for too long. To do this, it grabs
the lock 'node_list_lock', which may at the same time be held by the
generic node cleanup function, tipc_node_stop(), during module removal.
Since the latter is calling del_timer_sync() inside the same lock, we
have a potential deadlock.
We fix this letting the timer cleanup function use spin_trylock()
instead of just spin_lock(), and when it fails to grab the lock it
just returns so that the timer handler can terminate its execution.
This is safe to do, since tipc_node_stop() anyway is about to
delete both the timer and the node instance.
Fixes: 6a939f365bdb ("tipc: Auto removal of peer down node instance")
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-26 12:26:14 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-19 18:49:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-06 13:26:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-19 18:49:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-21 10:01:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-30 14:06:45 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-30 14:06:45 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 22:39:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-06 09:00:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 22:39:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 22:39:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 22:39:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-11 19:15:45 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-20 14:44:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:15 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: simplify bearer level broadcast
Until now, we have been keeping track of the exact set of broadcast
destinations though the help structure tipc_node_map. This leads us to
have to maintain a whole infrastructure for supporting this, including
a pseudo-bearer and a number of functions to manipulate both the bearers
and the node map correctly. Apart from the complexity, this approach is
also limiting, as struct tipc_node_map only can support cluster local
broadcast if we want to avoid it becoming excessively large. We want to
eliminate this limitation, in order to enable introduction of scoped
multicast in the future.
A closer analysis reveals that it is unnecessary maintaining this "full
set" overview; it is sufficient to keep a counter per bearer, indicating
how many nodes can be reached via this bearer at the moment. The protocol
is now robust enough to handle transitional discrepancies between the
nominal number of reachable destinations, as expected by the broadcast
protocol itself, and the number which is actually reachable at the
moment. The initial broadcast synchronization, in conjunction with the
retransmission mechanism, ensures that all packets will eventually be
acknowledged by the correct set of destinations.
This commit introduces these changes.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 08:51:42 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:15 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-22 17:10:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-09 23:25:21 +09:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-15 13:33:07 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-28 20:16:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: simplify bearer level broadcast
Until now, we have been keeping track of the exact set of broadcast
destinations though the help structure tipc_node_map. This leads us to
have to maintain a whole infrastructure for supporting this, including
a pseudo-bearer and a number of functions to manipulate both the bearers
and the node map correctly. Apart from the complexity, this approach is
also limiting, as struct tipc_node_map only can support cluster local
broadcast if we want to avoid it becoming excessively large. We want to
eliminate this limitation, in order to enable introduction of scoped
multicast in the future.
A closer analysis reveals that it is unnecessary maintaining this "full
set" overview; it is sufficient to keep a counter per bearer, indicating
how many nodes can be reached via this bearer at the moment. The protocol
is now robust enough to handle transitional discrepancies between the
nominal number of reachable destinations, as expected by the broadcast
protocol itself, and the number which is actually reachable at the
moment. The initial broadcast synchronization, in conjunction with the
retransmission mechanism, ensures that all packets will eventually be
acknowledged by the correct set of destinations.
This commit introduces these changes.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 08:51:42 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:47 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-15 13:33:06 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-15 13:33:06 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:50 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:50 -08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-17 11:56:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-06-17 11:56:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-17 11:56:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-25 23:52:50 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-22 17:10:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-06-25 20:41:33 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:45 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: simplify bearer level broadcast
Until now, we have been keeping track of the exact set of broadcast
destinations though the help structure tipc_node_map. This leads us to
have to maintain a whole infrastructure for supporting this, including
a pseudo-bearer and a number of functions to manipulate both the bearers
and the node map correctly. Apart from the complexity, this approach is
also limiting, as struct tipc_node_map only can support cluster local
broadcast if we want to avoid it becoming excessively large. We want to
eliminate this limitation, in order to enable introduction of scoped
multicast in the future.
A closer analysis reveals that it is unnecessary maintaining this "full
set" overview; it is sufficient to keep a counter per bearer, indicating
how many nodes can be reached via this bearer at the moment. The protocol
is now robust enough to handle transitional discrepancies between the
nominal number of reachable destinations, as expected by the broadcast
protocol itself, and the number which is actually reachable at the
moment. The initial broadcast synchronization, in conjunction with the
retransmission mechanism, ensures that all packets will eventually be
acknowledged by the correct set of destinations.
This commit introduces these changes.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 08:51:42 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: simplify bearer level broadcast
Until now, we have been keeping track of the exact set of broadcast
destinations though the help structure tipc_node_map. This leads us to
have to maintain a whole infrastructure for supporting this, including
a pseudo-bearer and a number of functions to manipulate both the bearers
and the node map correctly. Apart from the complexity, this approach is
also limiting, as struct tipc_node_map only can support cluster local
broadcast if we want to avoid it becoming excessively large. We want to
eliminate this limitation, in order to enable introduction of scoped
multicast in the future.
A closer analysis reveals that it is unnecessary maintaining this "full
set" overview; it is sufficient to keep a counter per bearer, indicating
how many nodes can be reached via this bearer at the moment. The protocol
is now robust enough to handle transitional discrepancies between the
nominal number of reachable destinations, as expected by the broadcast
protocol itself, and the number which is actually reachable at the
moment. The initial broadcast synchronization, in conjunction with the
retransmission mechanism, ensures that all packets will eventually be
acknowledged by the correct set of destinations.
This commit introduces these changes.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 08:51:42 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-20 02:12:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:17 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-22 15:03:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-22 15:03:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix link session and re-establish issues
When a link endpoint is re-created (e.g. after a node reboot or
interface reset), the link session number is varied by random, the peer
endpoint will be synced with this new session number before the link is
re-established.
However, there is a shortcoming in this mechanism that can lead to the
link never re-established or faced with a failure then. It happens when
the peer endpoint is ready in ESTABLISHING state, the 'peer_session' as
well as the 'in_session' flag have been set, but suddenly this link
endpoint leaves. When it comes back with a random session number, there
are two situations possible:
1/ If the random session number is larger than (or equal to) the
previous one, the peer endpoint will be updated with this new session
upon receipt of a RESET_MSG from this endpoint, and the link can be re-
established as normal. Otherwise, all the RESET_MSGs from this endpoint
will be rejected by the peer. In turn, when this link endpoint receives
one ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer, it will move to ESTABLISHED and start
to send STATE_MSGs, but again these messages will be dropped by the
peer due to wrong session.
The peer link endpoint can still become ESTABLISHED after receiving a
traffic message from this endpoint (e.g. a BCAST_PROTOCOL or
NAME_DISTRIBUTOR), but since all the STATE_MSGs are invalid, the link
will be forced down sooner or later!
Even in case the random session number is larger than the previous one,
it can be that the ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer arrives first, and this
link endpoint moves quickly to ESTABLISHED without sending out any
RESET_MSG yet. Consequently, the peer link will not be updated with the
new session number, and the same link failure scenario as above will
happen.
2/ Another situation can be that, the peer link endpoint was reset due
to any reasons in the meantime, its link state was set to RESET from
ESTABLISHING but still in session, i.e. the 'in_session' flag is not
reset...
Now, if the random session number from this endpoint is less than the
previous one, all the RESET_MSGs from this endpoint will be rejected by
the peer. In the other direction, when this link endpoint receives a
RESET_MSG from the peer, it moves to ESTABLISHING and starts to send
ACTIVATE_MSGs, but all these messages will be rejected by the peer too.
As a result, the link cannot be re-established but gets stuck with this
link endpoint in state ESTABLISHING and the peer in RESET!
Solution:
===========
This link endpoint should not go directly to ESTABLISHED when getting
ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer which may belong to the old session if the
link was re-created. To ensure the session to be correct before the
link is re-established, the peer endpoint in ESTABLISHING state will
send back the last session number in ACTIVATE_MSG for a verification at
this endpoint. Then, if needed, a new and more appropriate session
number will be regenerated to force a re-synch first.
In addition, when a link in ESTABLISHING state is reset, its state will
move to RESET according to the link FSM, along with resetting the
'in_session' flag (and the other data) as a normal link reset, it will
also be deleted if requested.
The solution is backward compatible.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-11 13:29:43 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix link session and re-establish issues
When a link endpoint is re-created (e.g. after a node reboot or
interface reset), the link session number is varied by random, the peer
endpoint will be synced with this new session number before the link is
re-established.
However, there is a shortcoming in this mechanism that can lead to the
link never re-established or faced with a failure then. It happens when
the peer endpoint is ready in ESTABLISHING state, the 'peer_session' as
well as the 'in_session' flag have been set, but suddenly this link
endpoint leaves. When it comes back with a random session number, there
are two situations possible:
1/ If the random session number is larger than (or equal to) the
previous one, the peer endpoint will be updated with this new session
upon receipt of a RESET_MSG from this endpoint, and the link can be re-
established as normal. Otherwise, all the RESET_MSGs from this endpoint
will be rejected by the peer. In turn, when this link endpoint receives
one ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer, it will move to ESTABLISHED and start
to send STATE_MSGs, but again these messages will be dropped by the
peer due to wrong session.
The peer link endpoint can still become ESTABLISHED after receiving a
traffic message from this endpoint (e.g. a BCAST_PROTOCOL or
NAME_DISTRIBUTOR), but since all the STATE_MSGs are invalid, the link
will be forced down sooner or later!
Even in case the random session number is larger than the previous one,
it can be that the ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer arrives first, and this
link endpoint moves quickly to ESTABLISHED without sending out any
RESET_MSG yet. Consequently, the peer link will not be updated with the
new session number, and the same link failure scenario as above will
happen.
2/ Another situation can be that, the peer link endpoint was reset due
to any reasons in the meantime, its link state was set to RESET from
ESTABLISHING but still in session, i.e. the 'in_session' flag is not
reset...
Now, if the random session number from this endpoint is less than the
previous one, all the RESET_MSGs from this endpoint will be rejected by
the peer. In the other direction, when this link endpoint receives a
RESET_MSG from the peer, it moves to ESTABLISHING and starts to send
ACTIVATE_MSGs, but all these messages will be rejected by the peer too.
As a result, the link cannot be re-established but gets stuck with this
link endpoint in state ESTABLISHING and the peer in RESET!
Solution:
===========
This link endpoint should not go directly to ESTABLISHED when getting
ACTIVATE_MSG from the peer which may belong to the old session if the
link was re-created. To ensure the session to be correct before the
link is re-established, the peer endpoint in ESTABLISHING state will
send back the last session number in ACTIVATE_MSG for a verification at
this endpoint. Then, if needed, a new and more appropriate session
number will be regenerated to force a re-synch first.
In addition, when a link in ESTABLISHING state is reset, its state will
move to RESET according to the link FSM, along with resetting the
'in_session' flag (and the other data) as a normal link reset, it will
also be deleted if requested.
The solution is backward compatible.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-11 13:29:43 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: add neighbor monitoring framework
TIPC based clusters are by default set up with full-mesh link
connectivity between all nodes. Those links are expected to provide
a short failure detection time, by default set to 1500 ms. Because
of this, the background load for neighbor monitoring in an N-node
cluster increases with a factor N on each node, while the overall
monitoring traffic through the network infrastructure increases at
a ~(N * (N - 1)) rate. Experience has shown that such clusters don't
scale well beyond ~100 nodes unless we significantly increase failure
discovery tolerance.
This commit introduces a framework and an algorithm that drastically
reduces this background load, while basically maintaining the original
failure detection times across the whole cluster. Using this algorithm,
background load will now grow at a rate of ~(2 * sqrt(N)) per node, and
at ~(2 * N * sqrt(N)) in traffic overhead. As an example, each node will
now have to actively monitor 38 neighbors in a 400-node cluster, instead
of as before 399.
This "Overlapping Ring Supervision Algorithm" is completely distributed
and employs no centralized or coordinated state. It goes as follows:
- Each node makes up a linearly ascending, circular list of all its N
known neighbors, based on their TIPC node identity. This algorithm
must be the same on all nodes.
- The node then selects the next M = sqrt(N) - 1 nodes downstream from
itself in the list, and chooses to actively monitor those. This is
called its "local monitoring domain".
- It creates a domain record describing the monitoring domain, and
piggy-backs this in the data area of all neighbor monitoring messages
(LINK_PROTOCOL/STATE) leaving that node. This means that all nodes in
the cluster eventually (default within 400 ms) will learn about
its monitoring domain.
- Whenever a node discovers a change in its local domain, e.g., a node
has been added or has gone down, it creates and sends out a new
version of its node record to inform all neighbors about the change.
- A node receiving a domain record from anybody outside its local domain
matches this against its own list (which may not look the same), and
chooses to not actively monitor those members of the received domain
record that are also present in its own list. Instead, it relies on
indications from the direct monitoring nodes if an indirectly
monitored node has gone up or down. If a node is indicated lost, the
receiving node temporarily activates its own direct monitoring towards
that node in order to confirm, or not, that it is actually gone.
- Since each node is actively monitoring sqrt(N) downstream neighbors,
each node is also actively monitored by the same number of upstream
neighbors. This means that all non-direct monitoring nodes normally
will receive sqrt(N) indications that a node is gone.
- A major drawback with ring monitoring is how it handles failures that
cause massive network partitionings. If both a lost node and all its
direct monitoring neighbors are inside the lost partition, the nodes in
the remaining partition will never receive indications about the loss.
To overcome this, each node also chooses to actively monitor some
nodes outside its local domain. Those nodes are called remote domain
"heads", and are selected in such a way that no node in the cluster
will be more than two direct monitoring hops away. Because of this,
each node, apart from monitoring the member of its local domain, will
also typically monitor sqrt(N) remote head nodes.
- As an optimization, local list status, domain status and domain
records are marked with a generation number. This saves senders from
unnecessarily conveying unaltered domain records, and receivers from
performing unneeded re-adaptations of their node monitoring list, such
as re-assigning domain heads.
- As a measure of caution we have added the possibility to disable the
new algorithm through configuration. We do this by keeping a threshold
value for the cluster size; a cluster that grows beyond this value
will switch from full-mesh to ring monitoring, and vice versa when
it shrinks below the value. This means that if the threshold is set to
a value larger than any anticipated cluster size (default size is 32)
the new algorithm is effectively disabled. A patch set for altering the
threshold value and for listing the table contents will follow shortly.
- This change is fully backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-13 20:46:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-22 15:03:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-06 20:10:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-06 20:10:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-06 20:10:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:36 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-09-26 22:28:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce variable window congestion control
We introduce a simple variable window congestion control for links.
The algorithm is inspired by the Reno algorithm, covering both 'slow
start', 'congestion avoidance', and 'fast recovery' modes.
- We introduce hard lower and upper window limits per link, still
different and configurable per bearer type.
- We introduce a 'slow start theshold' variable, initially set to
the maximum window size.
- We let a link start at the minimum congestion window, i.e. in slow
start mode, and then let is grow rapidly (+1 per rceived ACK) until
it reaches the slow start threshold and enters congestion avoidance
mode.
- In congestion avoidance mode we increment the congestion window for
each window-size number of acked packets, up to a possible maximum
equal to the configured maximum window.
- For each non-duplicate NACK received, we drop back to fast recovery
mode, by setting the both the slow start threshold to and the
congestion window to (current_congestion_window / 2).
- If the timeout handler finds that the transmit queue has not moved
since the previous timeout, it drops the link back to slow start
and forces a probe containing the last sent sequence number to the
sent to the peer, so that this can discover the stale situation.
This change does in reality have effect only on unicast ethernet
transport, as we have seen that there is no room whatsoever for
increasing the window max size for the UDP bearer.
For now, we also choose to keep the limits for the broadcast link
unchanged and equal.
This algorithm seems to give a 50-100% throughput improvement for
messages larger than MTU.
Suggested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-10 00:52:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 10:02:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: remove restrictions on node address values
Nominally, TIPC organizes network nodes into a three-level network
hierarchy consisting of the levels 'zone', 'cluster' and 'node'. This
hierarchy is reflected in the node address format, - it is sub-divided
into an 8-bit zone id, and 12 bit cluster id, and a 12-bit node id.
However, the 'zone' and 'cluster' levels have in reality never been
fully implemented,and never will be. The result of this has been
that the first 20 bits the node identity structure have been wasted,
and the usable node identity range within a cluster has been limited
to 12 bits. This is starting to become a problem.
In the following commits, we will need to be able to connect between
nodes which are using the whole 32-bit value space of the node address.
We therefore remove the restrictions on which values can be assigned
to node identity, -it is from now on only a 32-bit integer with no
assumed internal structure.
Isolation between clusters is now achieved only by setting different
values for the 'network id' field used during neighbor discovery, in
practice leading to the latter becoming the new cluster identity.
The rules for accepting discovery requests/responses from neighboring
nodes now become:
- If the user is using legacy address format on both peers, reception
of discovery messages is subject to the legacy lookup domain check
in addition to the cluster id check.
- Otherwise, the discovery request/response is always accepted, provided
both peers have the same network id.
This secures backwards compatibility for users who have been using zone
or cluster identities as cluster separators, instead of the intended
'network id'.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: remove restrictions on node address values
Nominally, TIPC organizes network nodes into a three-level network
hierarchy consisting of the levels 'zone', 'cluster' and 'node'. This
hierarchy is reflected in the node address format, - it is sub-divided
into an 8-bit zone id, and 12 bit cluster id, and a 12-bit node id.
However, the 'zone' and 'cluster' levels have in reality never been
fully implemented,and never will be. The result of this has been
that the first 20 bits the node identity structure have been wasted,
and the usable node identity range within a cluster has been limited
to 12 bits. This is starting to become a problem.
In the following commits, we will need to be able to connect between
nodes which are using the whole 32-bit value space of the node address.
We therefore remove the restrictions on which values can be assigned
to node identity, -it is from now on only a 32-bit integer with no
assumed internal structure.
Isolation between clusters is now achieved only by setting different
values for the 'network id' field used during neighbor discovery, in
practice leading to the latter becoming the new cluster identity.
The rules for accepting discovery requests/responses from neighboring
nodes now become:
- If the user is using legacy address format on both peers, reception
of discovery messages is subject to the legacy lookup domain check
in addition to the cluster id check.
- Otherwise, the discovery request/response is always accepted, provided
both peers have the same network id.
This secures backwards compatibility for users who have been using zone
or cluster identities as cluster separators, instead of the intended
'network id'.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:36 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-09-26 22:28:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:36 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce variable window congestion control
We introduce a simple variable window congestion control for links.
The algorithm is inspired by the Reno algorithm, covering both 'slow
start', 'congestion avoidance', and 'fast recovery' modes.
- We introduce hard lower and upper window limits per link, still
different and configurable per bearer type.
- We introduce a 'slow start theshold' variable, initially set to
the maximum window size.
- We let a link start at the minimum congestion window, i.e. in slow
start mode, and then let is grow rapidly (+1 per rceived ACK) until
it reaches the slow start threshold and enters congestion avoidance
mode.
- In congestion avoidance mode we increment the congestion window for
each window-size number of acked packets, up to a possible maximum
equal to the configured maximum window.
- For each non-duplicate NACK received, we drop back to fast recovery
mode, by setting the both the slow start threshold to and the
congestion window to (current_congestion_window / 2).
- If the timeout handler finds that the transmit queue has not moved
since the previous timeout, it drops the link back to slow start
and forces a probe containing the last sent sequence number to the
sent to the peer, so that this can discover the stale situation.
This change does in reality have effect only on unicast ethernet
transport, as we have seen that there is no room whatsoever for
increasing the window max size for the UDP bearer.
For now, we also choose to keep the limits for the broadcast link
unchanged and equal.
This algorithm seems to give a 50-100% throughput improvement for
messages larger than MTU.
Suggested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-10 00:52:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: handle collisions of 32-bit node address hash values
When a 32-bit node address is generated from a 128-bit identifier,
there is a risk of collisions which must be discovered and handled.
We do this as follows:
- We don't apply the generated address immediately to the node, but do
instead initiate a 1 sec trial period to allow other cluster members
to discover and handle such collisions.
- During the trial period the node periodically sends out a new type
of message, DSC_TRIAL_MSG, using broadcast or emulated broadcast,
to all the other nodes in the cluster.
- When a node is receiving such a message, it must check that the
presented 32-bit identifier either is unused, or was used by the very
same peer in a previous session. In both cases it accepts the request
by not responding to it.
- If it finds that the same node has been up before using a different
address, it responds with a DSC_TRIAL_FAIL_MSG containing that
address.
- If it finds that the address has already been taken by some other
node, it generates a new, unused address and returns it to the
requester.
- During the trial period the requesting node must always be prepared
to accept a failure message, i.e., a message where a peer suggests a
different (or equal) address to the one tried. In those cases it
must apply the suggested value as trial address and restart the trial
period.
This algorithm ensures that in the vast majority of cases a node will
have the same address before and after a reboot. If a legacy user
configures the address explicitly, there will be no trial period and
messages, so this protocol addition is completely backwards compatible.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 20:42:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:48 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 14:52:46 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: eliminate risk of premature link setup during failover
When a link goes down, and there is still a working link towards its
destination node, a failover is initiated, and the failed link is not
allowed to re-establish until that procedure is finished. To ensure
this, the concerned link endpoints are set to state LINK_FAILINGOVER,
and the node endpoints to NODE_FAILINGOVER during the failover period.
However, if the link reset is due to a disabled bearer, the corres-
ponding link endpoint is deleted, and only the node endpoint knows
about the ongoing failover. Now, if the disabled bearer is re-enabled
during the failover period, the discovery mechanism may create a new
link endpoint that is ready to be established, despite that this is not
permitted. This situation may cause both the ongoing failover and any
subsequent link synchronization to fail.
In this commit, we ensure that a newly created link goes directly to
state LINK_FAILINGOVER if the corresponding node state is
NODE_FAILINGOVER. This eliminates the problem described above.
Furthermore, we tighten the criteria for which packets are allowed
to end a failover state in the function tipc_node_check_state().
By checking that the receiving link is up and running, instead of just
checking that it is not in failover mode, we eliminate the risk that
protocol packets from the re-created link may cause the failover to
be prematurely terminated.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:54 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-08 12:00:05 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:29 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:26 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-03 14:20:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-22 20:42:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: correct error in node fsm
commit 88e8ac7000dc ("tipc: reduce transmission rate of reset messages
when link is down") revealed a flaw in the node FSM, as defined in
the log of commit 66996b6c47ed ("tipc: extend node FSM").
We see the following scenario:
1: Node B receives a RESET message from node A before its link endpoint
is fully up, i.e., the node FSM is in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING. This
event will not change the node FSM state, but the (distinct) link FSM
will move to state RESETTING.
2: As an effect of the previous event, the local endpoint on B will
declare node A lost, and post the event SELF_DOWN to the its node
FSM. This moves the FSM state to SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING, meaning
that no messages will be accepted from A until it receives another
RESET message that confirms that A's endpoint has been reset. This
is wasteful, since we know this as a fact already from the first
received RESET, but worse is that the link instance's FSM has not
wasted this information, but instead moved on to state ESTABLISHING,
meaning that it repeatedly sends out ACTIVATE messages to the reset
peer A.
3: Node A will receive one of the ACTIVATE messages, move its link FSM
to state ESTABLISHED, and start repeatedly sending out STATE messages
to node B.
4: Node B will consistently drop these messages, since it can only accept
accept a RESET according to its node FSM.
5: After four lost STATE messages node A will reset its link and start
repeatedly sending out RESET messages to B.
6: Because of the reduced send rate for RESET messages, it is very
likely that A will receive an ACTIVATE (which is sent out at a much
higher frequency) before it gets the chance to send a RESET, and A
may hence quickly move back to state ESTABLISHED and continue sending
out STATE messages, which will again be dropped by B.
7: GOTO 5.
8: After having repeated the cycle 5-7 a number of times, node A will
by chance get in between with sending a RESET, and the situation is
resolved.
Unfortunately, we have seen that it may take a substantial amount of
time before this vicious loop is broken, sometimes in the order of
minutes.
We correct this by making a small correction to the node FSM: When a
node in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING receives a SELF_DOWN event, it now
moves directly back to state SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN, instead of as now
SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING. This is logically consistent, since we don't
need to wait for RESET confirmation from of an endpoint that we alread
know has been reset. It also means that node B in the scenario above
will not be dropping incoming STATE messages, and the link can come up
immediately.
Finally, a symmetry comparison reveals that the FSM has a similar
error when receiving the event PEER_DOWN in state PEER_UP_SELF_COMING.
Instead of moving to PERR_DOWN_SELF_LEAVING, it should move directly
to SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN. Although we have never seen any negative effect
of this logical error, we choose fix this one, too.
The node FSM looks as follows after those changes:
+----------------------------------------+
| PEER_DOWN_EVT|
| |
+------------------------+----------------+ |
|SELF_DOWN_EVT | | |
| | | |
| +-----------+ +-----------+ |
| |NODE_ | |NODE_ | |
| +----------|FAILINGOVER|<---------|SYNCHING |-----------+ |
| |SELF_ +-----------+ FAILOVER_+-----------+ PEER_ | |
| |DOWN_EVT | A BEGIN_EVT A | DOWN_EVT| |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ | |
| | |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT |BEGIN_EVT|END_EVT | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | +--------------+ | | |
| | +-------->| SELF_UP_ |<-------+ | |
| | +-----------------| PEER_UP |----------------+ | |
| | |SELF_DOWN_EVT +--------------+ PEER_DOWN_EVT| | |
| | | A A | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | PEER_UP_EVT| |SELF_UP_EVT | | |
| | | | | | | |
V V V | | V V V
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
|SELF_DOWN_ | |SELF_UP_ | |PEER_UP_ | |PEER_DOWN |
|PEER_LEAVING| |PEER_COMING| |SELF_COMING| |SELF_LEAVING|
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
| | A A | |
| | | | | |
| SELF_ | |SELF_ |PEER_ |PEER_ |
| DOWN_EVT| |UP_EVT |UP_EVT |DOWN_EVT |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | +--------------+ | |
|PEER_DOWN_EVT +--->| SELF_DOWN_ |<---+ SELF_DOWN_EVT|
+------------------->| PEER_DOWN |<--------------------+
+--------------+
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 12:00:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: delay ESTABLISH state event when link is established
Link establishing, just like link teardown, is a non-atomic action, in
the sense that discovering that conditions are right to establish a link,
and the actual adding of the link to one of the node's send slots is done
in two different lock contexts. The link FSM is designed to help bridging
the gap between the two contexts in a safe manner.
We have now discovered a weakness in the implementaton of this FSM.
Because we directly let the link go from state LINK_ESTABLISHING to
state LINK_ESTABLISHED already in the first lock context, we are unable
to distinguish between a fully established link, i.e., a link that has
been added to its slot, and a link that has not yet reached the second
lock context. It may hence happen that a manual intervention, e.g., when
disabling an interface, causes the function tipc_node_link_down() to try
removing the link from the node slots, decrementing its active link
counter etc, although the link was never added there in the first place.
We solve this by delaying the actual state change until we reach the
second lock context, inside the function tipc_node_link_up(). This
makes it possible for potentail callers of __tipc_node_link_down() to
know if they should proceed or not, and the problem is solved.
Unforunately, the situation described above also has a second problem.
Since there by necessity is a tipc_node_link_up() call pending once
the node lock has been released, we must defuse that call by setting
the link back from LINK_ESTABLISHING to LINK_RESET state. This forces
us to make a slight modification to the link FSM, which will now look
as follows.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | +----------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT | |
| | | | |
| | | |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | +-------------+ | |
| | | | RESET_EVT | | |
| | | | | | |
| V V V | | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 14:52:44 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: correct error in node fsm
commit 88e8ac7000dc ("tipc: reduce transmission rate of reset messages
when link is down") revealed a flaw in the node FSM, as defined in
the log of commit 66996b6c47ed ("tipc: extend node FSM").
We see the following scenario:
1: Node B receives a RESET message from node A before its link endpoint
is fully up, i.e., the node FSM is in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING. This
event will not change the node FSM state, but the (distinct) link FSM
will move to state RESETTING.
2: As an effect of the previous event, the local endpoint on B will
declare node A lost, and post the event SELF_DOWN to the its node
FSM. This moves the FSM state to SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING, meaning
that no messages will be accepted from A until it receives another
RESET message that confirms that A's endpoint has been reset. This
is wasteful, since we know this as a fact already from the first
received RESET, but worse is that the link instance's FSM has not
wasted this information, but instead moved on to state ESTABLISHING,
meaning that it repeatedly sends out ACTIVATE messages to the reset
peer A.
3: Node A will receive one of the ACTIVATE messages, move its link FSM
to state ESTABLISHED, and start repeatedly sending out STATE messages
to node B.
4: Node B will consistently drop these messages, since it can only accept
accept a RESET according to its node FSM.
5: After four lost STATE messages node A will reset its link and start
repeatedly sending out RESET messages to B.
6: Because of the reduced send rate for RESET messages, it is very
likely that A will receive an ACTIVATE (which is sent out at a much
higher frequency) before it gets the chance to send a RESET, and A
may hence quickly move back to state ESTABLISHED and continue sending
out STATE messages, which will again be dropped by B.
7: GOTO 5.
8: After having repeated the cycle 5-7 a number of times, node A will
by chance get in between with sending a RESET, and the situation is
resolved.
Unfortunately, we have seen that it may take a substantial amount of
time before this vicious loop is broken, sometimes in the order of
minutes.
We correct this by making a small correction to the node FSM: When a
node in state SELF_UP_PEER_COMING receives a SELF_DOWN event, it now
moves directly back to state SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN, instead of as now
SELF_DOWN_PEER_LEAVING. This is logically consistent, since we don't
need to wait for RESET confirmation from of an endpoint that we alread
know has been reset. It also means that node B in the scenario above
will not be dropping incoming STATE messages, and the link can come up
immediately.
Finally, a symmetry comparison reveals that the FSM has a similar
error when receiving the event PEER_DOWN in state PEER_UP_SELF_COMING.
Instead of moving to PERR_DOWN_SELF_LEAVING, it should move directly
to SELF_DOWN_PEER_DOWN. Although we have never seen any negative effect
of this logical error, we choose fix this one, too.
The node FSM looks as follows after those changes:
+----------------------------------------+
| PEER_DOWN_EVT|
| |
+------------------------+----------------+ |
|SELF_DOWN_EVT | | |
| | | |
| +-----------+ +-----------+ |
| |NODE_ | |NODE_ | |
| +----------|FAILINGOVER|<---------|SYNCHING |-----------+ |
| |SELF_ +-----------+ FAILOVER_+-----------+ PEER_ | |
| |DOWN_EVT | A BEGIN_EVT A | DOWN_EVT| |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ | |
| | |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT |BEGIN_EVT|END_EVT | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | +--------------+ | | |
| | +-------->| SELF_UP_ |<-------+ | |
| | +-----------------| PEER_UP |----------------+ | |
| | |SELF_DOWN_EVT +--------------+ PEER_DOWN_EVT| | |
| | | A A | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | PEER_UP_EVT| |SELF_UP_EVT | | |
| | | | | | | |
V V V | | V V V
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
|SELF_DOWN_ | |SELF_UP_ | |PEER_UP_ | |PEER_DOWN |
|PEER_LEAVING| |PEER_COMING| |SELF_COMING| |SELF_LEAVING|
+------------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ +------------+
| | A A | |
| | | | | |
| SELF_ | |SELF_ |PEER_ |PEER_ |
| DOWN_EVT| |UP_EVT |UP_EVT |DOWN_EVT |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | +--------------+ | |
|PEER_DOWN_EVT +--->| SELF_DOWN_ |<---+ SELF_DOWN_EVT|
+------------------->| PEER_DOWN |<--------------------+
+--------------+
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 12:00:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:18 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:30 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-22 20:42:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-07 11:58:08 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: simplify bearer level broadcast
Until now, we have been keeping track of the exact set of broadcast
destinations though the help structure tipc_node_map. This leads us to
have to maintain a whole infrastructure for supporting this, including
a pseudo-bearer and a number of functions to manipulate both the bearers
and the node map correctly. Apart from the complexity, this approach is
also limiting, as struct tipc_node_map only can support cluster local
broadcast if we want to avoid it becoming excessively large. We want to
eliminate this limitation, in order to enable introduction of scoped
multicast in the future.
A closer analysis reveals that it is unnecessary maintaining this "full
set" overview; it is sufficient to keep a counter per bearer, indicating
how many nodes can be reached via this bearer at the moment. The protocol
is now robust enough to handle transitional discrepancies between the
nominal number of reachable destinations, as expected by the broadcast
protocol itself, and the number which is actually reachable at the
moment. The initial broadcast synchronization, in conjunction with the
retransmission mechanism, ensures that all packets will eventually be
acknowledged by the correct set of destinations.
This commit introduces these changes.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 08:51:42 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-08 14:31:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: eliminate delayed link deletion at link failover
When a bearer is disabled manually, all its links have to be reset
and deleted. However, if there is a remaining, parallel link ready
to take over a deleted link's traffic, we currently delay the delete
of the removed link until the failover procedure is finished. This
is because the remaining link needs to access state from the reset
link, such as the last received packet number, and any partially
reassembled buffer, in order to perform a successful failover.
In this commit, we do instead move the state data over to the new
link, so that it can fulfill the procedure autonomously, without
accessing any data on the old link. This means that we can now
proceed and delete all pertaining links immediately when a bearer
is disabled. This saves us from some unnecessary complexity in such
situations.
We also choose to change the confusing definitions CHANGEOVER_PROTOCOL,
ORIGINAL_MSG and DUPLICATE_MSG to the more descriptive TUNNEL_PROTOCOL,
FAILOVER_MSG and SYNCH_MSG respectively.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 09:33:01 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 10:02:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-05 08:36:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-02 19:04:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-13 01:15:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:48 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-24 16:31:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 16:26:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-05-05 08:56:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-24 11:10:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-09 09:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-26 09:50:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-01 07:58:22 -08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2021-01-14 09:04:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce risk of user starvation during link congestion
The socket code currently handles link congestion by either blocking
and trying to send again when the congestion has abated, or just
returning to the user with -EAGAIN and let him re-try later.
This mechanism is prone to starvation, because the wakeup algorithm is
non-atomic. During the time the link issues a wakeup signal, until the
socket wakes up and re-attempts sending, other senders may have come
in between and occupied the free buffer space in the link. This in turn
may lead to a socket having to make many send attempts before it is
successful. In extremely loaded systems we have observed latency times
of several seconds before a low-priority socket is able to send out a
message.
In this commit, we simplify this mechanism and reduce the risk of the
described scenario happening. When a message is attempted sent via a
congested link, we now let it be added to the link's backlog queue
anyway, thus permitting an oversubscription of one message per source
socket. We still create a wakeup item and return an error code, hence
instructing the sender to block or stop sending. Only when enough space
has been freed up in the link's backlog queue do we issue a wakeup event
that allows the sender to continue with the next message, if any.
The fact that a socket now can consider a message sent even when the
link returns a congestion code means that the sending socket code can
be simplified. Also, since this is a good opportunity to get rid of the
obsolete 'mtu change' condition in the three socket send functions, we
now choose to refactor those functions completely.
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-03 10:55:11 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:48 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-07 12:52:29 +10:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-15 16:42:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-15 16:42:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-15 16:42:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce risk of user starvation during link congestion
The socket code currently handles link congestion by either blocking
and trying to send again when the congestion has abated, or just
returning to the user with -EAGAIN and let him re-try later.
This mechanism is prone to starvation, because the wakeup algorithm is
non-atomic. During the time the link issues a wakeup signal, until the
socket wakes up and re-attempts sending, other senders may have come
in between and occupied the free buffer space in the link. This in turn
may lead to a socket having to make many send attempts before it is
successful. In extremely loaded systems we have observed latency times
of several seconds before a low-priority socket is able to send out a
message.
In this commit, we simplify this mechanism and reduce the risk of the
described scenario happening. When a message is attempted sent via a
congested link, we now let it be added to the link's backlog queue
anyway, thus permitting an oversubscription of one message per source
socket. We still create a wakeup item and return an error code, hence
instructing the sender to block or stop sending. Only when enough space
has been freed up in the link's backlog queue do we issue a wakeup event
that allows the sender to continue with the next message, if any.
The fact that a socket now can consider a message sent even when the
link returns a congestion code means that the sending socket code can
be simplified. Also, since this is a good opportunity to get rid of the
obsolete 'mtu change' condition in the three socket send functions, we
now choose to refactor those functions completely.
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-03 10:55:11 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce risk of user starvation during link congestion
The socket code currently handles link congestion by either blocking
and trying to send again when the congestion has abated, or just
returning to the user with -EAGAIN and let him re-try later.
This mechanism is prone to starvation, because the wakeup algorithm is
non-atomic. During the time the link issues a wakeup signal, until the
socket wakes up and re-attempts sending, other senders may have come
in between and occupied the free buffer space in the link. This in turn
may lead to a socket having to make many send attempts before it is
successful. In extremely loaded systems we have observed latency times
of several seconds before a low-priority socket is able to send out a
message.
In this commit, we simplify this mechanism and reduce the risk of the
described scenario happening. When a message is attempted sent via a
congested link, we now let it be added to the link's backlog queue
anyway, thus permitting an oversubscription of one message per source
socket. We still create a wakeup item and return an error code, hence
instructing the sender to block or stop sending. Only when enough space
has been freed up in the link's backlog queue do we issue a wakeup event
that allows the sender to continue with the next message, if any.
The fact that a socket now can consider a message sent even when the
link returns a congestion code means that the sending socket code can
be simplified. Also, since this is a good opportunity to get rid of the
obsolete 'mtu change' condition in the three socket send functions, we
now choose to refactor those functions completely.
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-03 10:55:11 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-11 10:43:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-02 15:19:37 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-15 16:42:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce risk of user starvation during link congestion
The socket code currently handles link congestion by either blocking
and trying to send again when the congestion has abated, or just
returning to the user with -EAGAIN and let him re-try later.
This mechanism is prone to starvation, because the wakeup algorithm is
non-atomic. During the time the link issues a wakeup signal, until the
socket wakes up and re-attempts sending, other senders may have come
in between and occupied the free buffer space in the link. This in turn
may lead to a socket having to make many send attempts before it is
successful. In extremely loaded systems we have observed latency times
of several seconds before a low-priority socket is able to send out a
message.
In this commit, we simplify this mechanism and reduce the risk of the
described scenario happening. When a message is attempted sent via a
congested link, we now let it be added to the link's backlog queue
anyway, thus permitting an oversubscription of one message per source
socket. We still create a wakeup item and return an error code, hence
instructing the sender to block or stop sending. Only when enough space
has been freed up in the link's backlog queue do we issue a wakeup event
that allows the sender to continue with the next message, if any.
The fact that a socket now can consider a message sent even when the
link returns a congestion code means that the sending socket code can
be simplified. Also, since this is a good opportunity to get rid of the
obsolete 'mtu change' condition in the three socket send functions, we
now choose to refactor those functions completely.
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-03 10:55:11 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 16:54:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-13 11:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:42 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-18 13:50:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-01 13:52:49 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:36 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-01 13:52:49 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-21 17:59:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-01 13:52:49 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 22:56:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-01 13:52:49 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-15 13:33:07 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-18 13:50:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 16:08:37 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-18 17:43:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-18 17:43:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-21 17:59:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 16:08:37 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-29 10:32:48 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix stale link problem during synchronization
Recent changes to the link synchronization means that we can now just
drop packets arriving on the synchronizing link before the synch point
is reached. This has lead to significant simplifications to the
implementation, but also turns out to have a flip side that we need
to consider.
Under unlucky circumstances, the two endpoints may end up
repeatedly dropping each other's packets, while immediately
asking for retransmission of the same packets, just to drop
them once more. This pattern will eventually be broken when
the synch point is reached on the other link, but before that,
the endpoints may have arrived at the retransmission limit
(stale counter) that indicates that the link should be broken.
We see this happen at rare occasions.
The fix for this is to not ask for retransmissions when a link is in
state LINK_SYNCHING. The fact that the link has reached this state
means that it has already received the first SYNCH packet, and that it
knows the synch point. Hence, it doesn't need any more packets until the
other link has reached the synch point, whereafter it can go ahead and
ask for the missing packets.
However, because of the reduced traffic on the synching link that
follows this change, it may now take longer to discover that the
synch point has been reached. We compensate for this by letting all
packets, on any of the links, trig a check for synchronization
termination. This is possible because the packets themselves don't
contain any information that is needed for discovering this condition.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:56 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 01:07:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 01:07:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:41 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: eliminate risk of stalled link synchronization
In commit 6e498158a827 ("tipc: move link synch and failover to link aggregation level")
we introduced a new mechanism for performing link failover and
synchronization. We have now detected a bug in this mechanism.
During link synchronization we use the arrival of any packet on
the tunnel link to trig a check for whether it has reached the
synchronization point or not. This has turned out to be too
permissive, since it may cause an arriving non-last SYNCH packet to
end the synch state, just to see the next SYNCH packet initiate a
new synch state with a new, higher synch point. This is not fatal,
but should be avoided, because it may significantly extend the
synchronization period, while at the same time we are not allowed
to send NACKs if packets are lost. In the worst case, a low-traffic
user may see its traffic stall until a LINK_PROTOCOL state message
trigs the link to leave synchronization state.
At the same time, LINK_PROTOCOL packets which happen to have a (non-
valid) sequence number lower than the tunnel link's rcv_nxt value will
be consistently dropped, and will never be able to resolve the situation
described above.
We fix this by exempting LINK_PROTOCOL packets from the sequence number
check, as they should be. We also reduce (but don't completely
eliminate) the risk of entering multiple synchronization states by only
allowing the (logically) first SYNCH packet to initiate a synchronization
state. This works independently of actual packet arrival order.
Fixes: commit 6e498158a827 ("tipc: move link synch and failover to link aggregation level")
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-13 12:41:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-17 11:56:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-19 09:17:59 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-09-26 21:00:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-09-26 21:00:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix missing Name entries due to half-failover
TIPC link can temporarily fall into "half-establish" that only one of
the link endpoints is ESTABLISHED and starts to send traffic, PROTOCOL
messages, whereas the other link endpoint is not up (e.g. immediately
when the endpoint receives ACTIVATE_MSG, the network interface goes
down...).
This is a normal situation and will be settled because the link
endpoint will be eventually brought down after the link tolerance time.
However, the situation will become worse when the second link is
established before the first link endpoint goes down,
For example:
1. Both links <1A-2A>, <1B-2B> down
2. Link endpoint 2A up, but 1A still down (e.g. due to network
disturbance, wrong session, etc.)
3. Link <1B-2B> up
4. Link endpoint 2A down (e.g. due to link tolerance timeout)
5. Node B starts failover onto link <1B-2B>
==> Node A does never start link failover.
When the "half-failover" situation happens, two consequences have been
observed:
a) Peer link/node gets stuck in FAILINGOVER state;
b) Traffic or user messages that peer node is trying to failover onto
the second link can be partially or completely dropped by this node.
The consequence a) was actually solved by commit c140eb166d68 ("tipc:
fix failover problem"), but that commit didn't cover the b). It's due
to the fact that the tunnel link endpoint has never been prepared for a
failover, so the 'l->drop_point' (and the other data...) is not set
correctly. When a TUNNEL_MSG from peer node arrives on the link,
depending on the inner message's seqno and the current 'l->drop_point'
value, the message can be dropped (- treated as a duplicate message) or
processed.
At this early stage, the traffic messages from peer are likely to be
NAME_DISTRIBUTORs, this means some name table entries will be missed on
the node forever!
The commit resolves the issue by starting the FAILOVER process on this
node as well. Another benefit from this solution is that we ensure the
link will not be re-established until the failover ends.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-02 17:23:23 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: eliminate risk of premature link setup during failover
When a link goes down, and there is still a working link towards its
destination node, a failover is initiated, and the failed link is not
allowed to re-establish until that procedure is finished. To ensure
this, the concerned link endpoints are set to state LINK_FAILINGOVER,
and the node endpoints to NODE_FAILINGOVER during the failover period.
However, if the link reset is due to a disabled bearer, the corres-
ponding link endpoint is deleted, and only the node endpoint knows
about the ongoing failover. Now, if the disabled bearer is re-enabled
during the failover period, the discovery mechanism may create a new
link endpoint that is ready to be established, despite that this is not
permitted. This situation may cause both the ongoing failover and any
subsequent link synchronization to fail.
In this commit, we ensure that a newly created link goes directly to
state LINK_FAILINGOVER if the corresponding node state is
NODE_FAILINGOVER. This eliminates the problem described above.
Furthermore, we tighten the criteria for which packets are allowed
to end a failover state in the function tipc_node_check_state().
By checking that the receiving link is up and running, instead of just
checking that it is not in failover mode, we eliminate the risk that
protocol packets from the re-created link may cause the failover to
be prematurely terminated.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:54 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-20 02:12:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: eliminate risk of stalled link synchronization
In commit 6e498158a827 ("tipc: move link synch and failover to link aggregation level")
we introduced a new mechanism for performing link failover and
synchronization. We have now detected a bug in this mechanism.
During link synchronization we use the arrival of any packet on
the tunnel link to trig a check for whether it has reached the
synchronization point or not. This has turned out to be too
permissive, since it may cause an arriving non-last SYNCH packet to
end the synch state, just to see the next SYNCH packet initiate a
new synch state with a new, higher synch point. This is not fatal,
but should be avoided, because it may significantly extend the
synchronization period, while at the same time we are not allowed
to send NACKs if packets are lost. In the worst case, a low-traffic
user may see its traffic stall until a LINK_PROTOCOL state message
trigs the link to leave synchronization state.
At the same time, LINK_PROTOCOL packets which happen to have a (non-
valid) sequence number lower than the tunnel link's rcv_nxt value will
be consistently dropped, and will never be able to resolve the situation
described above.
We fix this by exempting LINK_PROTOCOL packets from the sequence number
check, as they should be. We also reduce (but don't completely
eliminate) the risk of entering multiple synchronization states by only
allowing the (logically) first SYNCH packet to initiate a synchronization
state. This works independently of actual packet arrival order.
Fixes: commit 6e498158a827 ("tipc: move link synch and failover to link aggregation level")
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-13 12:41:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-24 08:56:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: remove premature ESTABLISH FSM event at link synchronization
When a link between two nodes come up, both endpoints will initially
send out a STATE message to the peer, to increase the probability that
the peer endpoint also is up when the first traffic message arrives.
Thereafter, if the establishing link is the second link between two
nodes, this first "traffic" message is a TUNNEL_PROTOCOL/SYNCH message,
helping the peer to perform initial synchronization between the two
links.
However, the initial STATE message may be lost, in which case the SYNCH
message will be the first one arriving at the peer. This should also
work, as the SYNCH message itself will be used to take up the link
endpoint before initializing synchronization.
Unfortunately the code for this case is broken. Currently, the link is
brought up through a tipc_link_fsm_evt(ESTABLISHED) when a SYNCH
arrives, whereupon __tipc_node_link_up() is called to distribute the
link slots and take the link into traffic. But, __tipc_node_link_up() is
itself starting with a test for whether the link is up, and if true,
returns without action. Clearly, the tipc_link_fsm_evt(ESTABLISHED) call
is unnecessary, since tipc_node_link_up() is itself issuing such an
event, but also harmful, since it inhibits tipc_node_link_up() to
perform the test of its tasks, and the link endpoint in question hence
is never taken into traffic.
This problem has been exposed when we set up dual links between pre-
and post-4.4 kernels, because the former ones don't send out the
initial STATE message described above.
We fix this by removing the unnecessary event call.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-08 22:23:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:21 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:41 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix stale link problem during synchronization
Recent changes to the link synchronization means that we can now just
drop packets arriving on the synchronizing link before the synch point
is reached. This has lead to significant simplifications to the
implementation, but also turns out to have a flip side that we need
to consider.
Under unlucky circumstances, the two endpoints may end up
repeatedly dropping each other's packets, while immediately
asking for retransmission of the same packets, just to drop
them once more. This pattern will eventually be broken when
the synch point is reached on the other link, but before that,
the endpoints may have arrived at the retransmission limit
(stale counter) that indicates that the link should be broken.
We see this happen at rare occasions.
The fix for this is to not ask for retransmissions when a link is in
state LINK_SYNCHING. The fact that the link has reached this state
means that it has already received the first SYNCH packet, and that it
knows the synch point. Hence, it doesn't need any more packets until the
other link has reached the synch point, whereafter it can go ahead and
ask for the missing packets.
However, because of the reduced traffic on the synching link that
follows this change, it may now take longer to discover that the
synch point has been reached. We compensate for this by letting all
packets, on any of the links, trig a check for synchronization
termination. This is possible because the packets themselves don't
contain any information that is needed for discovering this condition.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:56 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-20 02:12:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix stale link problem during synchronization
Recent changes to the link synchronization means that we can now just
drop packets arriving on the synchronizing link before the synch point
is reached. This has lead to significant simplifications to the
implementation, but also turns out to have a flip side that we need
to consider.
Under unlucky circumstances, the two endpoints may end up
repeatedly dropping each other's packets, while immediately
asking for retransmission of the same packets, just to drop
them once more. This pattern will eventually be broken when
the synch point is reached on the other link, but before that,
the endpoints may have arrived at the retransmission limit
(stale counter) that indicates that the link should be broken.
We see this happen at rare occasions.
The fix for this is to not ask for retransmissions when a link is in
state LINK_SYNCHING. The fact that the link has reached this state
means that it has already received the first SYNCH packet, and that it
knows the synch point. Hence, it doesn't need any more packets until the
other link has reached the synch point, whereafter it can go ahead and
ask for the missing packets.
However, because of the reduced traffic on the synching link that
follows this change, it may now take longer to discover that the
synch point has been reached. We compensate for this by letting all
packets, on any of the links, trig a check for synchronization
termination. This is possible because the packets themselves don't
contain any information that is needed for discovering this condition.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:56 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: fix stale link problem during synchronization
Recent changes to the link synchronization means that we can now just
drop packets arriving on the synchronizing link before the synch point
is reached. This has lead to significant simplifications to the
implementation, but also turns out to have a flip side that we need
to consider.
Under unlucky circumstances, the two endpoints may end up
repeatedly dropping each other's packets, while immediately
asking for retransmission of the same packets, just to drop
them once more. This pattern will eventually be broken when
the synch point is reached on the other link, but before that,
the endpoints may have arrived at the retransmission limit
(stale counter) that indicates that the link should be broken.
We see this happen at rare occasions.
The fix for this is to not ask for retransmissions when a link is in
state LINK_SYNCHING. The fact that the link has reached this state
means that it has already received the first SYNCH packet, and that it
knows the synch point. Hence, it doesn't need any more packets until the
other link has reached the synch point, whereafter it can go ahead and
ask for the missing packets.
However, because of the reduced traffic on the synching link that
follows this change, it may now take longer to discover that the
synch point has been reached. We compensate for this by letting all
packets, on any of the links, trig a check for synchronization
termination. This is possible because the packets themselves don't
contain any information that is needed for discovering this condition.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-20 02:12:56 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:16 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-13 01:15:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 11:10:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-29 10:40:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 11:10:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 11:10:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2017-11-15 21:23:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 11:10:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-29 10:40:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-01 13:52:49 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-27 18:51:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:43 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:43 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-24 16:31:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-04-15 16:40:28 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:23 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 08:51:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: update a binding service via broadcast
Currently, updating binding table (add service binding to
name table/withdraw a service binding) is being sent over replicast.
However, if we are scaling up clusters to > 100 nodes/containers this
method is less affection because of looping through nodes in a cluster one
by one.
It is worth to use broadcast to update a binding service. This way, the
binding table can be updated on all peer nodes in one shot.
Broadcast is used when all peer nodes, as indicated by a new capability
flag TIPC_NAMED_BCAST, support reception of this message type.
Four problems need to be considered when introducing this feature.
1) When establishing a link to a new peer node we still update this by a
unicast 'bulk' update. This may lead to race conditions, where a later
broadcast publication/withdrawal bypass the 'bulk', resulting in
disordered publications, or even that a withdrawal may arrive before the
corresponding publication. We solve this by adding an 'is_last_bulk' bit
in the last bulk messages so that it can be distinguished from all other
messages. Only when this message has arrived do we open up for reception
of broadcast publications/withdrawals.
2) When a first legacy node is added to the cluster all distribution
will switch over to use the legacy 'replicast' method, while the
opposite happens when the last legacy node leaves the cluster. This
entails another risk of message disordering that has to be handled. We
solve this by adding a sequence number to the broadcast/replicast
messages, so that disordering can be discovered and corrected. Note
however that we don't need to consider potential message loss or
duplication at this protocol level.
3) Bulk messages don't contain any sequence numbers, and will always
arrive in order. Hence we must exempt those from the sequence number
control and deliver them unconditionally. We solve this by adding a new
'is_bulk' bit in those messages so that they can be recognized.
4) Legacy messages, which don't contain any new bits or sequence
numbers, but neither can arrive out of order, also need to be exempt
from the initial synchronization and sequence number check, and
delivered unconditionally. Therefore, we add another 'is_not_legacy' bit
to all new messages so that those can be distinguished from legacy
messages and the latter delivered directly.
v1->v2:
- fix warning issue reported by kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
- add santiy check to drop the publication message with a sequence
number that is lower than the agreed synch point
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-17 13:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:24 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-18 13:50:52 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-30 18:24:19 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2020-04-15 16:40:28 +08:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-16 16:54:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-19 11:06:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 13:34:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-19 11:06:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-12-07 11:14:24 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-19 11:06:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-12-07 11:14:24 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 13:34:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 13:34:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-06 13:26:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-12-03 10:50:45 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-12-03 10:50:45 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-12-03 10:50:45 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-29 13:23:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-06 13:26:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-21 10:01:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-18 10:33:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-26 18:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 15:27:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:09 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:44 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-20 10:29:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-01 08:19:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-01 08:19:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce variable window congestion control
We introduce a simple variable window congestion control for links.
The algorithm is inspired by the Reno algorithm, covering both 'slow
start', 'congestion avoidance', and 'fast recovery' modes.
- We introduce hard lower and upper window limits per link, still
different and configurable per bearer type.
- We introduce a 'slow start theshold' variable, initially set to
the maximum window size.
- We let a link start at the minimum congestion window, i.e. in slow
start mode, and then let is grow rapidly (+1 per rceived ACK) until
it reaches the slow start threshold and enters congestion avoidance
mode.
- In congestion avoidance mode we increment the congestion window for
each window-size number of acked packets, up to a possible maximum
equal to the configured maximum window.
- For each non-duplicate NACK received, we drop back to fast recovery
mode, by setting the both the slow start threshold to and the
congestion window to (current_congestion_window / 2).
- If the timeout handler finds that the transmit queue has not moved
since the previous timeout, it drops the link back to slow start
and forces a probe containing the last sent sequence number to the
sent to the peer, so that this can discover the stale situation.
This change does in reality have effect only on unicast ethernet
transport, as we have seen that there is no room whatsoever for
increasing the window max size for the UDP bearer.
For now, we also choose to keep the limits for the broadcast link
unchanged and equal.
This algorithm seems to give a 50-100% throughput improvement for
messages larger than MTU.
Suggested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-10 00:52:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-01 08:19:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-01 08:19:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce variable window congestion control
We introduce a simple variable window congestion control for links.
The algorithm is inspired by the Reno algorithm, covering both 'slow
start', 'congestion avoidance', and 'fast recovery' modes.
- We introduce hard lower and upper window limits per link, still
different and configurable per bearer type.
- We introduce a 'slow start theshold' variable, initially set to
the maximum window size.
- We let a link start at the minimum congestion window, i.e. in slow
start mode, and then let is grow rapidly (+1 per rceived ACK) until
it reaches the slow start threshold and enters congestion avoidance
mode.
- In congestion avoidance mode we increment the congestion window for
each window-size number of acked packets, up to a possible maximum
equal to the configured maximum window.
- For each non-duplicate NACK received, we drop back to fast recovery
mode, by setting the both the slow start threshold to and the
congestion window to (current_congestion_window / 2).
- If the timeout handler finds that the transmit queue has not moved
since the previous timeout, it drops the link back to slow start
and forces a probe containing the last sent sequence number to the
sent to the peer, so that this can discover the stale situation.
This change does in reality have effect only on unicast ethernet
transport, as we have seen that there is no room whatsoever for
increasing the window max size for the UDP bearer.
For now, we also choose to keep the limits for the broadcast link
unchanged and equal.
This algorithm seems to give a 50-100% throughput improvement for
messages larger than MTU.
Suggested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-10 00:52:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce variable window congestion control
We introduce a simple variable window congestion control for links.
The algorithm is inspired by the Reno algorithm, covering both 'slow
start', 'congestion avoidance', and 'fast recovery' modes.
- We introduce hard lower and upper window limits per link, still
different and configurable per bearer type.
- We introduce a 'slow start theshold' variable, initially set to
the maximum window size.
- We let a link start at the minimum congestion window, i.e. in slow
start mode, and then let is grow rapidly (+1 per rceived ACK) until
it reaches the slow start threshold and enters congestion avoidance
mode.
- In congestion avoidance mode we increment the congestion window for
each window-size number of acked packets, up to a possible maximum
equal to the configured maximum window.
- For each non-duplicate NACK received, we drop back to fast recovery
mode, by setting the both the slow start threshold to and the
congestion window to (current_congestion_window / 2).
- If the timeout handler finds that the transmit queue has not moved
since the previous timeout, it drops the link back to slow start
and forces a probe containing the last sent sequence number to the
sent to the peer, so that this can discover the stale situation.
This change does in reality have effect only on unicast ethernet
transport, as we have seen that there is no room whatsoever for
increasing the window max size for the UDP bearer.
For now, we also choose to keep the limits for the broadcast link
unchanged and equal.
This algorithm seems to give a 50-100% throughput improvement for
messages larger than MTU.
Suggested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-10 00:52:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:11 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-08 21:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-08 21:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-08 21:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-08 21:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-10 12:50:25 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-10 12:50:25 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-10 12:50:25 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-10 12:50:25 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-10 12:50:25 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:46 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 16:38:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-19 14:30:45 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-23 15:09:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 21:58:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 21:58:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-25 18:29:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 21:58:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 21:58:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-05 20:04:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-26 08:47:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: enable tracepoints in tipc
As for the sake of debugging/tracing, the commit enables tracepoints in
TIPC along with some general trace_events as shown below. It also
defines some 'tipc_*_dump()' functions that allow to dump TIPC object
data whenever needed, that is, for general debug purposes, ie. not just
for the trace_events.
The following trace_events are now available:
- trace_tipc_skb_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC msg & skb data,
e.g. message type, user, droppable, skb truesize, cloned skb, etc.
- trace_tipc_list_dump(): allows to trace and dump any TIPC buffers or
queues, e.g. TIPC link transmq, socket receive queue, etc.
- trace_tipc_sk_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC socket data, e.g.
sk state, sk type, connection type, rmem_alloc, socket queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_link_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC link data, e.g.
link state, silent_intv_cnt, gap, bc_gap, link queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_node_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC node data, e.g.
node state, active links, capabilities, link entries, etc.
How to use:
Put the trace functions at any places where we want to dump TIPC data
or events.
Note:
a) The dump functions will generate raw data only, that is, to offload
the trace event's processing, it can require a tool or script to parse
the data but this should be simple.
b) The trace_tipc_*_dump() should be reserved for a failure cases only
(e.g. the retransmission failure case) or where we do not expect to
happen too often, then we can consider enabling these events by default
since they will almost not take any effects under normal conditions,
but once the rare condition or failure occurs, we get the dumped data
fully for post-analysis.
For other trace purposes, we can reuse these trace classes as template
but different events.
c) A trace_event is only effective when we enable it. To enable the
TIPC trace_events, echo 1 to 'enable' files in the events/tipc/
directory in the 'debugfs' file system. Normally, they are located at:
/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/
For example:
To enable the tipc_link_dump event:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/tipc_link_dump/enable
To enable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To collect the trace data:
cat trace
or
cat trace_pipe > /trace.out &
To disable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To clear the trace buffer:
echo > trace
d) Like the other trace_events, the feature like 'filter' or 'trigger'
is also usable for the tipc trace_events.
For more details, have a look at:
Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
MAINTAINERS | add two new files 'trace.h' & 'trace.c' in tipc
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-19 09:17:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 16:11:09 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce encryption master key
In addition to the supported cluster & per-node encryption keys for the
en/decryption of TIPC messages, we now introduce one option for user to
set a cluster key as 'master key', which is simply a symmetric key like
the former but has a longer life cycle. It has two purposes:
- Authentication of new member nodes in the cluster. New nodes, having
no knowledge of current session keys in the cluster will still be
able to join the cluster as long as they know the master key. This is
because all neighbor discovery (LINK_CONFIG) messages must be
encrypted with this key.
- Encryption of session encryption keys during automatic exchange and
update of those.This is a feature we will introduce in a later commit
in this series.
We insert the new key into the currently unused slot 0 in the key array
and start using it immediately once the user has set it.
After joining, a node only knowing the master key should be fully
communicable to existing nodes in the cluster, although those nodes may
have their own session keys activated (i.e. not the master one). To
support this, we define a 'grace period', starting from the time a node
itself reports having no RX keys, so the existing nodes will use the
master key for encryption instead. The grace period can be extended but
will automatically stop after e.g. 5 seconds without a new report. This
is also the basis for later key exchanging feature as the new node will
be impossible to decrypt anything without the support from master key.
For user to set a master key, we define a new netlink flag -
'TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY_MASTER', so it can be added to the current 'set key'
netlink command to specify the setting key to be a master key.
Above all, the traditional cluster/per-node key mechanism is guaranteed
to work when user comes not to use this master key option. This is also
compatible to legacy nodes without the feature supported.
Even this master key can be updated without any interruption of cluster
connectivity but is so is needed, this has to be coordinated and set by
the user.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:27 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce encryption master key
In addition to the supported cluster & per-node encryption keys for the
en/decryption of TIPC messages, we now introduce one option for user to
set a cluster key as 'master key', which is simply a symmetric key like
the former but has a longer life cycle. It has two purposes:
- Authentication of new member nodes in the cluster. New nodes, having
no knowledge of current session keys in the cluster will still be
able to join the cluster as long as they know the master key. This is
because all neighbor discovery (LINK_CONFIG) messages must be
encrypted with this key.
- Encryption of session encryption keys during automatic exchange and
update of those.This is a feature we will introduce in a later commit
in this series.
We insert the new key into the currently unused slot 0 in the key array
and start using it immediately once the user has set it.
After joining, a node only knowing the master key should be fully
communicable to existing nodes in the cluster, although those nodes may
have their own session keys activated (i.e. not the master one). To
support this, we define a 'grace period', starting from the time a node
itself reports having no RX keys, so the existing nodes will use the
master key for encryption instead. The grace period can be extended but
will automatically stop after e.g. 5 seconds without a new report. This
is also the basis for later key exchanging feature as the new node will
be impossible to decrypt anything without the support from master key.
For user to set a master key, we define a new netlink flag -
'TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY_MASTER', so it can be added to the current 'set key'
netlink command to specify the setting key to be a master key.
Above all, the traditional cluster/per-node key mechanism is guaranteed
to work when user comes not to use this master key option. This is also
compatible to legacy nodes without the feature supported.
Even this master key can be updated without any interruption of cluster
connectivity but is so is needed, this has to be coordinated and set by
the user.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:27 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: introduce encryption master key
In addition to the supported cluster & per-node encryption keys for the
en/decryption of TIPC messages, we now introduce one option for user to
set a cluster key as 'master key', which is simply a symmetric key like
the former but has a longer life cycle. It has two purposes:
- Authentication of new member nodes in the cluster. New nodes, having
no knowledge of current session keys in the cluster will still be
able to join the cluster as long as they know the master key. This is
because all neighbor discovery (LINK_CONFIG) messages must be
encrypted with this key.
- Encryption of session encryption keys during automatic exchange and
update of those.This is a feature we will introduce in a later commit
in this series.
We insert the new key into the currently unused slot 0 in the key array
and start using it immediately once the user has set it.
After joining, a node only knowing the master key should be fully
communicable to existing nodes in the cluster, although those nodes may
have their own session keys activated (i.e. not the master one). To
support this, we define a 'grace period', starting from the time a node
itself reports having no RX keys, so the existing nodes will use the
master key for encryption instead. The grace period can be extended but
will automatically stop after e.g. 5 seconds without a new report. This
is also the basis for later key exchanging feature as the new node will
be impossible to decrypt anything without the support from master key.
For user to set a master key, we define a new netlink flag -
'TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY_MASTER', so it can be added to the current 'set key'
netlink command to specify the setting key to be a master key.
Above all, the traditional cluster/per-node key mechanism is guaranteed
to work when user comes not to use this master key option. This is also
compatible to legacy nodes without the feature supported.
Even this master key can be updated without any interruption of cluster
connectivity but is so is needed, this has to be coordinated and set by
the user.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:27 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: add automatic session key exchange
With support from the master key option in the previous commit, it
becomes easy to make frequent updates/exchanges of session keys between
authenticated cluster nodes.
Basically, there are two situations where the key exchange will take in
place:
- When a new node joins the cluster (with the master key), it will need
to get its peer's TX key, so that be able to decrypt further messages
from that peer.
- When a new session key is generated (by either user manual setting or
later automatic rekeying feature), the key will be distributed to all
peer nodes in the cluster.
A key to be exchanged is encapsulated in the data part of a 'MSG_CRYPTO
/KEY_DISTR_MSG' TIPC v2 message, then xmit-ed as usual and encrypted by
using the master key before sending out. Upon receipt of the message it
will be decrypted in the same way as regular messages, then attached as
the sender's RX key in the receiver node.
In this way, the key exchange is reliable by the link layer, as well as
security, integrity and authenticity by the crypto layer.
Also, the forward security will be easily achieved by user changing the
master key actively but this should not be required very frequently.
The key exchange feature is independent on the presence of a master key
Note however that the master key still is needed for new nodes to be
able to join the cluster. It is also optional, and can be turned off/on
via the sysfs: 'net/tipc/key_exchange_enabled' [default 1: enabled].
Backward compatibility is guaranteed because for nodes that do not have
master key support, key exchange using master key ie. tx_key = 0 if any
will be shortly discarded at the message validation step. In other
words, the key exchange feature will be automatically disabled to those
nodes.
v2: fix the "implicit declaration of function 'tipc_crypto_key_flush'"
error in node.c. The function only exists when built with the TIPC
"CONFIG_TIPC_CRYPTO" option.
v3: use 'info->extack' for a message emitted due to netlink operations
instead (- David's comment).
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-18 08:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-18 08:17:26 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 16:11:09 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-08 12:05:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: enable tracepoints in tipc
As for the sake of debugging/tracing, the commit enables tracepoints in
TIPC along with some general trace_events as shown below. It also
defines some 'tipc_*_dump()' functions that allow to dump TIPC object
data whenever needed, that is, for general debug purposes, ie. not just
for the trace_events.
The following trace_events are now available:
- trace_tipc_skb_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC msg & skb data,
e.g. message type, user, droppable, skb truesize, cloned skb, etc.
- trace_tipc_list_dump(): allows to trace and dump any TIPC buffers or
queues, e.g. TIPC link transmq, socket receive queue, etc.
- trace_tipc_sk_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC socket data, e.g.
sk state, sk type, connection type, rmem_alloc, socket queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_link_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC link data, e.g.
link state, silent_intv_cnt, gap, bc_gap, link queues, etc.
- trace_tipc_node_dump(): allows to trace and dump TIPC node data, e.g.
node state, active links, capabilities, link entries, etc.
How to use:
Put the trace functions at any places where we want to dump TIPC data
or events.
Note:
a) The dump functions will generate raw data only, that is, to offload
the trace event's processing, it can require a tool or script to parse
the data but this should be simple.
b) The trace_tipc_*_dump() should be reserved for a failure cases only
(e.g. the retransmission failure case) or where we do not expect to
happen too often, then we can consider enabling these events by default
since they will almost not take any effects under normal conditions,
but once the rare condition or failure occurs, we get the dumped data
fully for post-analysis.
For other trace purposes, we can reuse these trace classes as template
but different events.
c) A trace_event is only effective when we enable it. To enable the
TIPC trace_events, echo 1 to 'enable' files in the events/tipc/
directory in the 'debugfs' file system. Normally, they are located at:
/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/
For example:
To enable the tipc_link_dump event:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/tipc_link_dump/enable
To enable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To collect the trace data:
cat trace
or
cat trace_pipe > /trace.out &
To disable all the TIPC trace_events:
echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/tipc/enable
To clear the trace buffer:
echo > trace
d) Like the other trace_events, the feature like 'filter' or 'trigger'
is also usable for the tipc trace_events.
For more details, have a look at:
Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
MAINTAINERS | add two new files 'trace.h' & 'trace.c' in tipc
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-19 09:17:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tipc: improve throughput between nodes in netns
Currently, TIPC transports intra-node user data messages directly
socket to socket, hence shortcutting all the lower layers of the
communication stack. This gives TIPC very good intra node performance,
both regarding throughput and latency.
We now introduce a similar mechanism for TIPC data traffic across
network namespaces located in the same kernel. On the send path, the
call chain is as always accompanied by the sending node's network name
space pointer. However, once we have reliably established that the
receiving node is represented by a namespace on the same host, we just
replace the namespace pointer with the receiving node/namespace's
ditto, and follow the regular socket receive patch though the receiving
node. This technique gives us a throughput similar to the node internal
throughput, several times larger than if we let the traffic go though
the full network stacks. As a comparison, max throughput for 64k
messages is four times larger than TCP throughput for the same type of
traffic.
To meet any security concerns, the following should be noted.
- All nodes joining a cluster are supposed to have been be certified
and authenticated by mechanisms outside TIPC. This is no different for
nodes/namespaces on the same host; they have to auto discover each
other using the attached interfaces, and establish links which are
supervised via the regular link monitoring mechanism. Hence, a kernel
local node has no other way to join a cluster than any other node, and
have to obey to policies set in the IP or device layers of the stack.
- Only when a sender has established with 100% certainty that the peer
node is located in a kernel local namespace does it choose to let user
data messages, and only those, take the crossover path to the receiving
node/namespace.
- If the receiving node/namespace is removed, its namespace pointer
is invalidated at all peer nodes, and their neighbor link monitoring
will eventually note that this node is gone.
- To ensure the "100% certainty" criteria, and prevent any possible
spoofing, received discovery messages must contain a proof that the
sender knows a common secret. We use the hash mix of the sending
node/namespace for this purpose, since it can be accessed directly by
all other namespaces in the kernel. Upon reception of a discovery
message, the receiver checks this proof against all the local
namespaces'hash_mix:es. If it finds a match, that, along with a
matching node id and cluster id, this is deemed sufficient proof that
the peer node in question is in a local namespace, and a wormhole can
be opened.
- We should also consider that TIPC is intended to be a cluster local
IPC mechanism (just like e.g. UNIX sockets) rather than a network
protocol, and hence we think it can justified to allow it to shortcut the
lower protocol layers.
Regarding traceability, we should notice that since commit 6c9081a3915d
("tipc: add loopback device tracking") it is possible to follow the node
internal packet flow by just activating tcpdump on the loopback
interface. This will be true even for this mechanism; by activating
tcpdump on the involved nodes' loopback interfaces their inter-name
space messaging can easily be tracked.
v2:
- update 'net' pointer when node left/rejoined
v3:
- grab read/write lock when using node ref obj
v4:
- clone traffics between netns to loopback
Suggested-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 07:51:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
